Improve max_insns_skipped logic
[official-gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
bloba94175781aaf5157dc5dfd98f53eade29a1ec642
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2017 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
880 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
881 stream @var{file}.\n\
883 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
884 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
885 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
886 default_asm_output_source_filename)
888 DEFHOOK
889 (output_addr_const_extra,
890 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
891 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
892 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
893 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
895 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
896 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
897 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
898 return @code{true}.",
899 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
900 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
902 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
903 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
904 initializers. */
905 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
906 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
908 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
909 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
910 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
911 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
912 (print_operand,
914 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
915 default_print_operand)
917 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
918 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
919 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
920 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
921 (print_operand_address,
923 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
924 default_print_operand_address)
926 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
927 `print_operand' hook. */
928 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
929 not this hook. */
930 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
931 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
933 bool ,(unsigned char code),
934 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
936 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
937 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
938 DEFHOOK
939 (mangle_assembler_name,
940 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
941 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
942 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
943 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
944 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
945 tree, (const char *name),
946 default_mangle_assembler_name)
948 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
950 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
951 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
952 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
953 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
954 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
956 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
957 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
958 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
959 DEFHOOK
960 (adjust_cost,
961 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
962 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
963 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
964 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
965 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
966 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
967 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
968 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
969 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
970 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
971 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
972 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
973 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
974 unsigned int dw),
975 NULL)
977 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
978 DEFHOOK
979 (adjust_priority,
980 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
981 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
982 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
983 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
984 scheduling priorities of insns.",
985 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
987 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
988 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
989 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
990 DEFHOOK
991 (issue_rate,
992 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
993 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
994 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
995 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
996 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
997 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
998 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
999 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
1000 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1001 int, (void), NULL)
1003 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1004 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1005 DEFHOOK
1006 (variable_issue,
1007 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1008 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1009 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1010 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1011 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1012 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1013 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1014 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1015 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1016 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1017 was scheduled.",
1018 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1020 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1021 DEFHOOK
1022 (init,
1023 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1024 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1025 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1026 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1027 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1028 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1029 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1030 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1032 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1033 DEFHOOK
1034 (finish,
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1036 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1037 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1038 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1039 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1041 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1043 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1044 DEFHOOK
1045 (init_global,
1046 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1047 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1048 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1049 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1050 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1052 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1053 DEFHOOK
1054 (finish_global,
1055 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1056 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1057 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1058 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1060 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1061 places. Default does nothing. */
1062 DEFHOOK
1063 (reorder,
1064 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1065 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1066 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1067 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1068 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1069 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1070 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1071 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1072 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1073 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1074 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1075 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1076 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1077 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1078 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1080 DEFHOOK
1081 (reorder2,
1082 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1083 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1084 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1085 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1086 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1087 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1088 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1089 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1090 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1092 DEFHOOK
1093 (macro_fusion_p,
1094 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1095 bool, (void), NULL)
1097 DEFHOOK
1098 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1099 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1100 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1101 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1102 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1103 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1104 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1105 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1107 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1108 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1109 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1110 DEFHOOK
1111 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1112 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1113 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1114 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1115 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1116 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1117 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1118 calculated.",
1119 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1121 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1122 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1123 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1124 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1125 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1126 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1127 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1128 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1129 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1131 DEFHOOK
1132 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1133 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1134 void, (void), NULL)
1136 DEFHOOK
1137 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1138 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1139 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1140 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1141 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1142 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1143 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1144 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1145 rtx, (void), NULL)
1147 DEFHOOK
1148 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1149 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1150 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1151 void, (void), NULL)
1153 DEFHOOK
1154 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1155 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1156 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1157 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1158 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1160 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1161 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1162 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1163 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1165 DEFHOOK
1166 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1167 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1168 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1169 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1170 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1171 void, (void), NULL)
1173 DEFHOOK
1174 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1175 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1176 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1177 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1178 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1179 void, (void), NULL)
1181 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1182 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1183 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1184 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1185 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1186 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1187 insns on the same cycle. */
1188 DEFHOOK
1189 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1190 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1191 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1192 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1193 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1194 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1195 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1196 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1197 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1198 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1199 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1201 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1202 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1203 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1204 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1205 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1206 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1207 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1208 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1209 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1211 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1212 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1213 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1215 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1216 int, (void), NULL)
1218 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1219 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1220 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1221 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1222 DEFHOOK
1223 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1224 "\n\
1225 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1226 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1227 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1228 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1229 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1230 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1231 number of cycles.\n\
1232 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1233 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1234 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1236 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1237 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1239 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1240 scheduling.
1241 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1242 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1243 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1244 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1245 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1246 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1247 scheduling on current cycle. */
1248 DEFHOOK
1249 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1250 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1251 scheduling.",
1252 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1253 NULL)
1255 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1256 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1257 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1258 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1259 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1260 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1261 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1262 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1263 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1264 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1265 DEFHOOK
1266 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1267 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1268 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1269 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1271 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1272 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA.
1276 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1277 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1278 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1279 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1280 DEFHOOK
1281 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1282 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1283 an instruction.",
1284 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1286 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1287 round of multipass scheduling.
1288 DATA is a pointer.
1289 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1290 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1291 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1292 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1293 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1294 DEFHOOK
1295 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1296 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1297 round of multipass scheduling.",
1298 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1300 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1301 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1302 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1303 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1304 described in DFA. */
1305 DEFHOOK
1306 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1307 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1308 void, (void *data), NULL)
1310 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1311 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1312 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1313 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1314 described in DFA. */
1315 DEFHOOK
1316 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1317 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1318 void, (void *data), NULL)
1320 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1321 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1322 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1323 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1324 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1325 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1326 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1327 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1328 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1329 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1330 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1331 DEFHOOK
1332 (dfa_new_cycle,
1333 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1334 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1335 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1336 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1337 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1338 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1339 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1340 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1341 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1342 and the current processor cycle.",
1343 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1344 int clock, int *sort_p),
1345 NULL)
1347 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1348 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1349 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1350 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1351 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1352 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1353 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1354 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1355 second insn (second parameter). */
1356 DEFHOOK
1357 (is_costly_dependence,
1358 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1359 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1360 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1361 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1362 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1363 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1364 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1365 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1366 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1367 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1369 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1370 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1371 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1372 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1373 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1374 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1375 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1376 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1378 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1379 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1380 that new instructions were emitted. */
1381 DEFHOOK
1382 (h_i_d_extended,
1383 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1384 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1385 per instruction data structures.",
1386 void, (void), NULL)
1388 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1390 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1391 DEFHOOK
1392 (alloc_sched_context,
1393 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1394 void *, (void), NULL)
1396 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1397 DEFHOOK
1398 (init_sched_context,
1399 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1400 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1401 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1402 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1404 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1405 DEFHOOK
1406 (set_sched_context,
1407 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1408 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1410 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1411 DEFHOOK
1412 (clear_sched_context,
1413 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1414 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1416 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1417 DEFHOOK
1418 (free_sched_context,
1419 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1420 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1422 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1423 by the insn scheduler.
1424 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1425 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1426 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1427 It should return
1428 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1429 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1430 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1431 generated one. */
1432 DEFHOOK
1433 (speculate_insn,
1434 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1435 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1436 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1437 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1438 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1439 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1440 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1441 the generated speculative pattern.",
1442 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1444 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1445 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1446 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1447 DEFHOOK
1448 (needs_block_p,
1449 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1450 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1451 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1452 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1454 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1455 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1456 instruction.
1457 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1458 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1459 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1460 is being performed. */
1461 DEFHOOK
1462 (gen_spec_check,
1463 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1464 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1465 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1466 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1467 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1468 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1469 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1470 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1471 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1473 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1474 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1475 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1476 DEFHOOK
1477 (set_sched_flags,
1478 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1479 enabled/used.\n\
1480 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1481 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1482 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1484 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1485 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1486 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1487 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1489 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1490 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1491 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1492 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1494 DEFHOOK
1495 (can_speculate_insn,
1496 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1497 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1498 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1499 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1500 should not be speculated.",
1501 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1503 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1504 (skip_rtx_p,
1505 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1506 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1507 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1509 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1510 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1511 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1512 to ddg variable. */
1513 DEFHOOK
1514 (sms_res_mii,
1515 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1516 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1517 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1518 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1519 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1520 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1521 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1523 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1524 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1525 parameters. */
1526 DEFHOOK
1527 (dispatch_do,
1528 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1529 in its second parameter.",
1530 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1531 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1533 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1534 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1535 as the second parameter is true. */
1536 DEFHOOK
1537 (dispatch,
1538 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1539 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1540 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1541 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1543 DEFHOOKPOD
1544 (exposed_pipeline,
1545 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1546 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1547 also the latencies of operations.",
1548 bool, false)
1550 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1551 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1552 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1553 DEFHOOK
1554 (reassociation_width,
1555 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1556 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1557 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1558 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1560 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1561 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1562 DEFHOOK
1563 (fusion_priority,
1564 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1565 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1566 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1568 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1569 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1570 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1571 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1572 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1573 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1575 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1576 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1577 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1578 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1579 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1580 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1581 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1582 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1583 instructions.\n\
1585 Given below example:\n\
1587 @smallexample\n\
1588 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1589 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1590 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1591 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1592 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1593 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1596 @end smallexample\n\
1598 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1599 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1600 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1601 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1602 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1604 @smallexample\n\
1605 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1606 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1607 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1608 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1609 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1610 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1611 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1612 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1613 @end smallexample\n\
1615 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1616 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1617 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1619 @smallexample\n\
1620 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1621 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1622 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1623 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1624 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1625 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1626 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1627 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1628 @end smallexample\n\
1630 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1632 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1633 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1635 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1636 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1637 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1639 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1641 /* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1642 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1643 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1644 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1646 DEFHOOK
1647 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1648 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1649 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1650 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1651 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1652 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1653 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1655 DEFHOOK
1656 (adjust,
1657 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1658 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1659 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1661 DEFHOOK
1662 (usable,
1663 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1664 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1665 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1666 to use it.",
1667 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1669 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1671 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1672 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1673 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1674 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1676 DEFHOOK
1677 (vf,
1678 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1679 int, (void), NULL)
1681 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1683 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1684 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1685 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1686 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1688 DEFHOOK
1689 (validate_dims,
1690 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1691 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1692 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1693 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1694 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1695 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1696 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1697 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1698 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1699 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1700 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1701 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1703 DEFHOOK
1704 (dim_limit,
1705 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1706 or zero if unbounded.",
1707 int, (int axis),
1708 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1710 DEFHOOK
1711 (fork_join,
1712 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1713 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1714 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1715 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1716 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1717 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1718 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1719 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1720 default_goacc_fork_join)
1722 DEFHOOK
1723 (reduction,
1724 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1725 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1726 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1727 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1728 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1729 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1730 void, (gcall *call),
1731 default_goacc_reduction)
1733 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1735 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1736 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1737 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1738 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1740 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1741 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1742 function. */
1743 DEFHOOK
1744 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1745 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1746 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1747 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1748 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1750 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1751 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1752 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1753 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1754 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1755 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1756 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1757 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1758 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1759 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1760 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1762 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1763 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1764 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1765 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1766 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1767 described above.\n\
1768 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1769 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1770 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1771 tree, (void), NULL)
1773 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1774 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1775 DEFHOOK
1776 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1777 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1778 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1779 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1780 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1781 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1782 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1783 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1785 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1786 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1787 DEFHOOK
1788 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1789 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1790 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1791 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1792 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1793 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1794 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1796 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1797 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1798 DEFHOOK
1799 (builtin_conversion,
1800 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1801 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1802 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1803 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1804 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1806 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1807 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1808 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1809 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1810 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1812 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1813 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1814 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1815 DEFHOOK
1816 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1817 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1818 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1819 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1820 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1821 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1823 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1824 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1825 DEFHOOK
1826 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1827 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1828 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1829 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1831 /* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1832 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
1833 DEFHOOK
1834 (vec_perm_const_ok,
1835 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
1836 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
1837 NULL)
1839 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1840 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1841 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1842 DEFHOOK
1843 (support_vector_misalignment,
1844 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1845 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1846 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1847 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1848 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1849 bool,
1850 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1851 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1853 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1854 scalar mode. */
1855 DEFHOOK
1856 (preferred_simd_mode,
1857 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1858 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1859 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1860 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1861 machine_mode,
1862 (scalar_mode mode),
1863 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1865 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1866 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1867 DEFHOOK
1868 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1869 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1870 after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1871 mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1872 The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
1873 unsigned int,
1874 (void),
1875 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1877 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1878 DEFHOOK
1879 (get_mask_mode,
1880 "This hook returns mode to be used for a mask to be used for a vector\n\
1881 of specified @var{length} with @var{nunits} elements. By default an integer\n\
1882 vector mode of a proper size is returned.",
1883 machine_mode,
1884 (unsigned nunits, unsigned length),
1885 default_get_mask_mode)
1887 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1888 DEFHOOK
1889 (builtin_gather,
1890 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1891 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1892 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1893 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1894 loads.",
1895 tree,
1896 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1897 NULL)
1899 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1900 DEFHOOK
1901 (builtin_scatter,
1902 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1903 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1904 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1905 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1906 stores.",
1907 tree,
1908 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1909 NULL)
1911 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1912 DEFHOOK
1913 (init_cost,
1914 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1915 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1916 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1917 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1918 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1919 "is being vectorized.",
1920 void *,
1921 (struct loop *loop_info),
1922 default_init_cost)
1924 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1925 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1926 block. */
1927 DEFHOOK
1928 (add_stmt_cost,
1929 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1930 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1931 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1932 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1933 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1934 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1935 "revised.",
1936 unsigned,
1937 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1938 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1939 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1940 default_add_stmt_cost)
1942 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1943 loop or block. */
1944 DEFHOOK
1945 (finish_cost,
1946 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1947 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1948 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1949 "the three accumulators.",
1950 void,
1951 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1952 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
1953 default_finish_cost)
1955 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1956 DEFHOOK
1957 (destroy_cost_data,
1958 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1959 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1960 "accumulator.",
1961 void,
1962 (void *data),
1963 default_destroy_cost_data)
1965 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1967 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1968 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1970 DEFHOOK
1971 (record_offload_symbol,
1972 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1973 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1974 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1975 void, (tree),
1976 hook_void_tree)
1978 DEFHOOKPOD
1979 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
1980 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1981 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1982 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1983 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1985 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1986 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1987 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1988 DEFHOOK
1989 (override_options_after_change,
1990 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1991 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1992 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1993 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1994 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1995 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1996 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
1997 void, (void),
1998 hook_void_void)
2000 DEFHOOK
2001 (offload_options,
2002 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2003 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2004 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2005 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2006 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2007 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2009 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2010 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2011 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2012 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2013 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2015 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2016 DEFHOOK
2017 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2018 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2019 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2020 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2021 targets.",
2022 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2023 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2025 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2026 DEFHOOK
2027 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2028 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2029 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2030 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2031 targets.",
2032 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2033 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2035 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2036 DEFHOOK
2037 (unwind_word_mode,
2038 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2039 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2040 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2041 default_unwind_word_mode)
2043 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2044 DEFHOOK
2045 (merge_decl_attributes,
2046 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2047 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2048 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2049 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2050 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2051 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2052 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2054 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2055 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2056 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2057 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2058 will then define a function called\n\
2059 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2060 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2061 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2062 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2063 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2064 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2065 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2066 merge_decl_attributes)
2068 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2069 DEFHOOK
2070 (merge_type_attributes,
2071 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2072 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2073 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2074 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2075 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2076 merging.",
2077 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2078 merge_type_attributes)
2080 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2081 Ignored if NULL. */
2082 DEFHOOKPOD
2083 (attribute_table,
2084 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2085 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2086 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2087 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2088 take.",
2089 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2091 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2092 argument. */
2093 DEFHOOK
2094 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2095 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2096 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2097 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2098 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2099 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2100 bool, (const_tree name),
2101 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2103 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2104 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2105 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2106 DEFHOOK
2107 (comp_type_attributes,
2108 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2109 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2110 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2111 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2112 supposed always to be compatible.",
2113 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2114 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2116 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2117 DEFHOOK
2118 (set_default_type_attributes,
2119 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2120 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2121 void, (tree type),
2122 hook_void_tree)
2124 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2125 DEFHOOK
2126 (insert_attributes,
2127 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2128 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2129 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2130 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2131 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2132 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2133 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2134 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2135 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2136 needed.",
2137 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2138 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2140 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2141 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2142 DEFHOOK
2143 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2144 "@cindex inlining\n\
2145 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2146 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2147 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2148 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2149 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2150 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2152 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2153 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2154 DEFHOOK
2155 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2156 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2157 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2158 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2159 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2160 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2161 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2162 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2163 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2164 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2165 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2166 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2168 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2169 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2170 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2171 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2172 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2173 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2174 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2176 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2177 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2178 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2179 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2180 may affect its placement.",
2181 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2182 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2184 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2185 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2186 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2187 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2188 (words_big_endian,
2190 bool, (void),
2191 targhook_words_big_endian)
2193 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2194 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2195 (float_words_big_endian,
2197 bool, (void),
2198 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2200 DEFHOOK
2201 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2202 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2203 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2204 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2205 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2206 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2207 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2208 does not.",
2209 bool, (void),
2210 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2212 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2213 DEFHOOK
2214 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2215 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2216 bool, (void),
2217 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2219 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2220 DEFHOOK
2221 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2222 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2223 bool, (void),
2224 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2226 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2227 DEFHOOK
2228 (align_anon_bitfield,
2229 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2230 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2231 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2232 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2233 bool, (void),
2234 hook_bool_void_false)
2236 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2237 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2238 DEFHOOK
2239 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2240 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2241 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2242 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2244 The default is @code{false}.",
2245 bool, (void),
2246 hook_bool_void_false)
2248 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2249 DEFHOOK
2250 (init_builtins,
2251 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2252 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2253 necessary setup.\n\
2255 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2256 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2257 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2258 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2260 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2261 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2262 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2263 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2264 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2265 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2266 void, (void),
2267 hook_void_void)
2269 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2270 built-in function decl for CODE.
2271 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2272 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2273 DEFHOOK
2274 (builtin_decl,
2275 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2276 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2277 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2278 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2279 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2280 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2281 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2282 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2284 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2285 DEFHOOK
2286 (expand_builtin,
2287 "\n\
2288 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2289 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2290 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2291 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2292 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2293 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2294 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2295 built-in function.",
2296 rtx,
2297 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2298 default_expand_builtin)
2300 DEFHOOK
2301 (builtin_chkp_function,
2302 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2303 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2304 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2305 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2306 obtained using this hook:\n\
2307 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2308 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2309 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2310 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2311 @end deftypefn\n\
2313 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2314 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2315 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2316 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2317 @end deftypefn\n\
2319 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2320 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2321 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2322 address @var{loc}.\n\
2323 @end deftypefn\n\
2325 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2326 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2327 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2328 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2329 @end deftypefn\n\
2331 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2332 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2333 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2334 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2335 @end deftypefn\n\
2337 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2338 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2339 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2340 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2341 @end deftypefn\n\
2343 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2344 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2345 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2346 @end deftypefn\n\
2348 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2349 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2350 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2351 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2352 @end deftypefn\n\
2354 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2355 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2356 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2357 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2358 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2359 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2360 @end deftypefn\n\
2362 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2363 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2364 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2365 @end deftypefn\n\
2367 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2368 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2369 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2370 @end deftypefn",
2371 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2372 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2374 DEFHOOK
2375 (chkp_bound_type,
2376 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2377 tree, (void),
2378 default_chkp_bound_type)
2380 DEFHOOK
2381 (chkp_bound_mode,
2382 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2383 machine_mode, (void),
2384 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2386 DEFHOOK
2387 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2388 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2389 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2390 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2391 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2393 DEFHOOK
2394 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2395 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2396 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2397 the number of generated statements.",
2398 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2399 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2401 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2402 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2403 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2404 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2405 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2406 DEFHOOK
2407 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2408 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2409 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2410 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2411 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2412 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2413 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2414 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2415 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2416 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2417 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2419 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2420 and GENERIC. */
2421 DEFHOOK
2422 (fold_builtin,
2423 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2424 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2425 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2426 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2427 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2428 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2429 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2430 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2431 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2433 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2434 DEFHOOK
2435 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2436 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2437 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2438 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2439 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2440 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2441 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2443 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2444 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2445 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2446 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2447 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2448 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2449 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2450 and 0 if they are the same. */
2451 DEFHOOK
2452 (compare_version_priority,
2453 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2454 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2455 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2456 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2457 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2458 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2459 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2461 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2462 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2463 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2464 must be generated. */
2465 DEFHOOK
2466 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2467 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2468 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2469 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2470 body must be generated.",
2471 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2473 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2474 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2475 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2476 identical versions. */
2477 DEFHOOK
2478 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2479 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2480 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2481 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2482 identical versions.",
2483 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2485 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2486 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2487 DEFHOOK
2488 (builtin_reciprocal,
2489 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2490 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2491 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2492 tree, (tree fndecl),
2493 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2495 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2496 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2497 NULL. */
2498 DEFHOOK
2499 (mangle_type,
2500 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2501 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2502 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2503 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2504 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2505 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2506 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2507 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2508 string constant.\n\
2510 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2511 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2512 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2513 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2514 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2515 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2516 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2517 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2518 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2519 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2520 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2521 spaces in your string.\n\
2523 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2524 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2525 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2526 before mangling.\n\
2528 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2529 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2530 types.",
2531 const char *, (const_tree type),
2532 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2534 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2535 DEFHOOK
2536 (init_libfuncs,
2537 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2538 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2539 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2540 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2541 library routines.\n\
2543 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2544 void, (void),
2545 hook_void_void)
2547 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2548 DEFHOOKPOD
2549 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2550 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2551 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2552 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2553 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2554 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2555 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2556 bool, false)
2558 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2559 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2560 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2561 DEFHOOK
2562 (section_type_flags,
2563 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2564 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2565 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2566 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2568 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2569 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2570 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2571 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2572 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2573 default_section_type_flags)
2575 DEFHOOK
2576 (libc_has_function,
2577 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2578 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2579 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2580 default_libc_has_function)
2582 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2583 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2584 DEFHOOK
2585 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2586 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2587 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2588 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2589 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2591 @smallexample\n\
2592 static bool\n\
2593 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2594 @{\n\
2595 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2596 @}\n\
2597 @end smallexample",
2598 bool, (void),
2599 hook_bool_void_false)
2601 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2602 DEFHOOK
2603 (can_follow_jump,
2604 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2605 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2606 false, if it can't.\
2607 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2608 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2609 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2610 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2612 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2613 optimizations should be applied. */
2614 DEFHOOK
2615 (branch_target_register_class,
2616 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2617 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2618 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2619 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2620 to inter-block scheduling.",
2621 reg_class_t, (void),
2622 default_branch_target_register_class)
2624 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2625 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2626 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2627 already been generated. */
2628 DEFHOOK
2629 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2630 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2631 registers\n\
2632 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2633 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2634 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2635 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2636 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2637 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2638 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2639 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2640 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2641 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2642 hook_bool_bool_false)
2644 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2645 DEFHOOK
2646 (have_conditional_execution,
2647 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2648 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2649 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2650 bool, (void),
2651 default_have_conditional_execution)
2653 DEFHOOK
2654 (gen_ccmp_first,
2655 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2656 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2657 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2658 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2659 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2660 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2661 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2662 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2663 NULL)
2665 DEFHOOK
2666 (gen_ccmp_next,
2667 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2668 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2669 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2670 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2671 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2672 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2673 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2674 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2675 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2676 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2677 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2678 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2679 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2680 NULL)
2682 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2683 DEFHOOK
2684 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2685 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2686 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2687 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2688 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2689 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2690 number of memory accesses.",
2691 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2692 NULL)
2694 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2695 DEFHOOK
2696 (legitimate_constant_p,
2697 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2698 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2699 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2701 The default definition returns true.",
2702 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2703 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2705 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2706 DEFHOOK
2707 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2708 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2709 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2710 of @var{x}.\n\
2712 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2714 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2715 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2716 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2717 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2718 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2719 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2720 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2722 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2723 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2724 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2725 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2727 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2728 DEFHOOK
2729 (commutative_p,
2730 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2731 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2732 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2733 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2734 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2735 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2737 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2738 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2739 DEFHOOK
2740 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2741 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2742 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2743 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2744 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2745 but not others.\n\
2747 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2748 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2749 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2750 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2752 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2754 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2755 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2756 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2758 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2759 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2760 DEFHOOK
2761 (legitimize_address,
2762 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2763 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2764 address.\n\
2766 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2767 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2768 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2769 @var{x}.\n\
2771 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2772 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2773 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2775 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2776 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2777 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2778 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2779 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2780 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2781 strategy can generate better code.",
2782 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2783 default_legitimize_address)
2785 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2786 DEFHOOK
2787 (delegitimize_address,
2788 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2789 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2790 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2791 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2792 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2793 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2794 into their original form.",
2795 rtx, (rtx x),
2796 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2798 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2799 section. */
2800 DEFHOOK
2801 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2802 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2803 debug sections.",
2804 bool, (rtx x),
2805 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2807 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2808 DEFHOOK
2809 (legitimate_address_p,
2810 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2811 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2813 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2814 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2815 desired by the caller.\n\
2817 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2818 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2819 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2820 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2821 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2822 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2823 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2824 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2826 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2827 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2828 register is required.\n\
2830 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2831 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2832 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2833 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2834 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2836 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2837 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2838 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2839 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2840 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2842 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2843 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2844 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2845 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2846 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2847 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2848 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2849 Format}.\n\
2851 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2852 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2853 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2854 has this syntax:\n\
2856 @example\n\
2857 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2858 @end example\n\
2860 @noindent\n\
2861 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2862 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2864 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2865 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2866 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2867 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2868 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2870 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2871 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2872 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2873 default_legitimate_address_p)
2875 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2876 DEFHOOK
2877 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2878 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2879 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2880 of @var{x}.\n\
2882 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2883 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2884 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2886 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2887 DEFHOOK
2888 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2889 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2890 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2892 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2893 bool, (const_tree decl),
2894 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2896 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2897 DEFHOOKPOD
2898 (min_anchor_offset,
2899 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2900 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2901 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2902 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2903 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2905 DEFHOOKPOD
2906 (max_anchor_offset,
2907 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2908 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2909 value is 0.",
2910 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2912 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2913 DEFHOOK
2914 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2915 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2916 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2917 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2919 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2920 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2921 or target-specific sections.",
2922 bool, (const_rtx x),
2923 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2925 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2926 DEFHOOK
2927 (has_ifunc_p,
2928 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2929 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2930 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2931 bool, (void),
2932 default_has_ifunc_p)
2934 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2935 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2936 this is an indirect call. */
2937 DEFHOOK
2938 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2939 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2940 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2941 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2943 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2944 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2945 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2946 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2947 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2948 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2949 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2950 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2952 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2953 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2954 level, outside of any function scope. */
2955 DEFHOOK
2956 (set_current_function,
2957 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2958 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2959 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2960 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2961 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2962 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2963 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2964 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2965 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2967 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2968 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2969 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2970 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2971 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2972 outside of any function scope.",
2973 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2975 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2976 DEFHOOK
2977 (in_small_data_p,
2978 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2979 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2980 bool, (const_tree exp),
2981 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2983 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2984 to the current executable or shared library. */
2985 DEFHOOK
2986 (binds_local_p,
2987 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2988 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2989 or executable image).\n\
2991 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2992 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2993 currently supported object file formats.",
2994 bool, (const_tree exp),
2995 default_binds_local_p)
2997 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2998 DEFHOOK
2999 (profile_before_prologue,
3000 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3001 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3002 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3003 bool, (void),
3004 default_profile_before_prologue)
3006 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3007 enabled. */
3008 DEFHOOK
3009 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3010 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3011 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3012 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3013 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3014 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3015 bool, (void),
3016 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3018 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3019 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3020 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3021 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3022 DEFHOOK
3023 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3024 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3025 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3026 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3027 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3028 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3029 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3030 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3031 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3032 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3034 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3035 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3036 DEFHOOK
3037 (encode_section_info,
3038 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3039 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3040 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3042 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3043 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3044 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3045 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3046 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3048 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3049 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3050 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3051 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3052 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3053 leave it alone.)\n\
3055 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3056 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3057 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3058 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3059 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3060 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3062 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3063 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3064 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3065 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3066 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3067 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3069 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3070 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3071 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3072 before overriding it.",
3073 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3074 default_encode_section_info)
3076 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3077 DEFHOOK
3078 (strip_name_encoding,
3079 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3080 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3081 may have added.",
3082 const char *, (const char *name),
3083 default_strip_name_encoding)
3085 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3086 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3087 DEFHOOK
3088 (shift_truncation_mask,
3089 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3090 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3091 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3093 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3094 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3095 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3096 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3097 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3098 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3100 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3101 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3102 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3104 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3105 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3106 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3107 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3108 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3109 by overriding it.",
3110 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3111 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3113 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3114 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3115 the reciprocal. */
3116 DEFHOOK
3117 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3118 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3119 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3120 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3121 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3122 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3123 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3124 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3125 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3127 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3128 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3129 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3130 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3131 necessarily defined at this point. */
3132 DEFHOOK
3133 (mode_rep_extended,
3134 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3135 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3136 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3137 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3138 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3139 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3140 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3141 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3142 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3143 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3145 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3146 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3147 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3148 @code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3150 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3151 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3152 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3153 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3154 extension.\n\
3156 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3157 @code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3158 @code{mode}.",
3159 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3160 default_mode_rep_extended)
3162 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3163 DEFHOOK
3164 (valid_pointer_mode,
3165 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3166 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3167 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3168 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3169 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3171 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3172 DEFHOOK
3173 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3174 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3175 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3176 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3177 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3178 a pointer to int.",
3179 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3180 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3182 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3183 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3184 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3185 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3187 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3188 DEFHOOK
3189 (pointer_mode,
3190 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3191 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3192 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3193 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3194 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3196 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3197 DEFHOOK
3198 (address_mode,
3199 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3200 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3201 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3202 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3203 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3205 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3206 in another address space. */
3207 DEFHOOK
3208 (valid_pointer_mode,
3209 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3210 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3211 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3212 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3213 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3214 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3215 target hooks for the given address space.",
3216 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3217 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3219 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3220 space for a given mode. */
3221 DEFHOOK
3222 (legitimate_address_p,
3223 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3224 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3225 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3226 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3227 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3228 explicit named address space support.",
3229 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3230 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3232 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3233 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3234 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3235 DEFHOOK
3236 (legitimize_address,
3237 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3238 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3239 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3240 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3241 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3242 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3244 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3245 DEFHOOK
3246 (subset_p,
3247 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3248 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3249 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3250 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3251 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3252 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3253 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3254 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3256 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3257 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3258 DEFHOOK
3259 (zero_address_valid,
3260 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3261 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3262 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3263 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3265 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3266 DEFHOOK
3267 (convert,
3268 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3269 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3270 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3271 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3272 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3273 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3274 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3275 default_addr_space_convert)
3277 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3278 DEFHOOK
3279 (debug,
3280 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3281 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3282 int, (addr_space_t as),
3283 default_addr_space_debug)
3285 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3286 DEFHOOK
3287 (diagnose_usage,
3288 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3289 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3290 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3291 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3292 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3293 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3294 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3295 The default implementation does nothing.",
3296 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3297 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3299 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3301 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3302 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3304 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3305 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3306 the arithmetic is supported. */
3307 DEFHOOK
3308 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3309 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3310 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3311 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3312 must work.\n\
3314 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3315 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3316 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3317 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3318 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3319 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3321 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3322 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3323 for further details. */
3324 DEFHOOK
3325 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3326 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3327 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3328 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3329 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3330 hook_bool_mode_false)
3332 DEFHOOK
3333 (vector_alignment,
3334 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3335 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3336 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3337 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3338 the vector element type.",
3339 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3340 default_vector_alignment)
3342 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3343 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3344 DEFHOOK
3345 (array_mode_supported_p,
3346 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3347 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3348 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3349 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3351 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3352 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3353 has operations like:\n\
3355 @smallexample\n\
3356 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3357 @end smallexample\n\
3359 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3361 @smallexample\n\
3362 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3363 @{\n\
3364 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3365 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3366 @end smallexample\n\
3368 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3369 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3370 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3371 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3372 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3374 DEFHOOK
3375 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3376 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3377 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3378 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3379 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3380 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3381 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3382 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3384 DEFHOOK
3385 (floatn_mode,
3386 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3387 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3388 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3389 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3390 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3391 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3392 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3393 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3394 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3395 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3396 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3397 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3398 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3399 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3400 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3401 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3402 default_floatn_mode)
3404 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3405 TO, using MODE. */
3406 DEFHOOK
3407 (register_move_cost,
3408 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3409 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3410 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3411 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3412 that.\n\
3414 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3415 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3416 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3418 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3419 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3420 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3421 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3422 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3423 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3425 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3426 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3427 default_register_move_cost)
3429 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3430 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3431 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3432 DEFHOOK
3433 (memory_move_cost,
3434 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3435 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3436 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3437 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3438 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3439 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3441 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3442 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3443 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3444 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3445 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3446 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3448 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3449 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3450 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3451 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3452 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3453 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3454 are the same as to this target hook.",
3455 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3456 default_memory_move_cost)
3458 DEFHOOK
3459 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3460 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3461 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3462 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3463 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3464 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3465 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3466 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3468 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3469 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3470 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3471 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3472 units.\n\
3474 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3475 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3476 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3477 under consideration.\n\
3479 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3480 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3482 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3483 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3484 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3485 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3486 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3487 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3489 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3490 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3491 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3492 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3493 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3494 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3496 DEFHOOK
3497 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3498 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3499 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3500 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3501 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3502 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3503 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3504 negative number from this hook.",
3505 int, (machine_mode mode),
3506 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3508 DEFHOOK
3509 (optab_supported_p,
3510 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3511 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3512 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3513 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3514 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3516 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3517 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3518 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3520 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3521 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3522 optimization_type opt_type),
3523 default_optab_supported_p)
3525 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3526 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3527 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3528 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3529 DEFHOOK
3530 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3531 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3532 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3533 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3534 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3535 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3536 for any mode.\n\
3538 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3539 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3540 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3541 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3542 insn.\n\
3544 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3545 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3546 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3547 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3548 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3549 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3550 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3551 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3552 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3554 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3555 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3556 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3557 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3558 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3559 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3560 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3561 hook_bool_mode_false)
3563 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3564 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3565 DEFHOOKPOD
3566 (flags_regnum,
3567 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3568 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3569 appropriately.",
3570 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3572 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3573 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3574 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3575 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3576 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3577 DEFHOOK
3578 (rtx_costs,
3579 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3581 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3582 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3583 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3584 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3585 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3586 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3587 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3589 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3590 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3592 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3593 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3594 instructions.\n\
3596 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3597 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3598 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3599 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3600 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3602 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3603 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3604 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3606 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3607 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3608 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3609 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3611 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3612 invalid addresses. */
3613 DEFHOOK
3614 (address_cost,
3615 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3616 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3617 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3619 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3620 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3621 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3622 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3624 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3625 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3626 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3628 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3629 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3630 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3631 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3632 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3633 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3634 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3635 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3637 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3639 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3640 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3641 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3642 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3643 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3644 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3645 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3646 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3647 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3648 default_address_cost)
3650 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3651 well defined units. */
3652 DEFHOOK
3653 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3654 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3655 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3656 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3657 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3658 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3659 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3660 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3661 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3662 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3664 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3665 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3666 were true.\n\
3668 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3669 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3670 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3671 unsigned int, (edge e),
3672 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3674 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3675 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3676 DEFHOOK
3677 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3678 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3679 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3680 @code{if_info}.",
3681 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3682 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3684 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3685 scheduling. */
3686 DEFHOOK
3687 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3688 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3689 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3690 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3691 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3692 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3693 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3694 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3695 hook_bool_void_false)
3697 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3698 DEFHOOK
3699 (allocate_initial_value,
3700 "\n\
3701 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3702 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3703 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3704 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3705 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3706 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3707 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3708 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3709 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3710 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3711 @code{MEM}.\n\
3712 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3713 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3714 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3715 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3716 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3717 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3718 allocation.",
3719 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3721 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3722 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3723 DEFHOOK
3724 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3725 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3726 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3727 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3728 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3729 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3730 passed along.",
3731 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3732 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3734 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3735 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3736 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3737 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3738 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3739 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3740 DEFHOOK
3741 (dwarf_register_span,
3742 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3743 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3744 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3745 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3746 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3747 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3748 rtx, (rtx reg),
3749 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3751 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3752 register. */
3753 DEFHOOK
3754 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3755 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3756 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3757 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3758 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3759 machine_mode, (int regno),
3760 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3762 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3763 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3764 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3765 code, given the address of the table. */
3766 DEFHOOK
3767 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3768 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3769 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3770 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3771 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3772 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3773 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3774 void, (tree address),
3775 hook_void_tree)
3777 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3778 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3779 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3780 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3781 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3782 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3783 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3784 DEFHOOK
3785 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3786 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3787 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3788 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3789 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3790 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3791 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3792 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3793 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3794 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3795 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3797 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3798 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3799 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3801 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3802 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3803 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3804 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3805 VOIDmode. */
3806 DEFHOOK
3807 (cc_modes_compatible,
3808 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3809 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3810 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3811 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3812 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3813 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3815 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3816 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3817 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3818 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3819 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3821 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3822 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3823 DEFHOOK
3824 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3825 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3826 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3827 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3829 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3830 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3831 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3832 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3834 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3835 definition is null.",
3836 void, (void), NULL)
3838 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3839 DEFHOOK
3840 (build_builtin_va_list,
3841 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3842 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
3843 tree, (void),
3844 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3846 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
3847 DEFHOOK
3848 (enum_va_list_p,
3849 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3850 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3851 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3852 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3853 variable.\n\
3854 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3855 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3856 internal type.\n\
3857 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3858 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3859 macro to iterate through all types.",
3860 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3861 NULL)
3863 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3864 DEFHOOK
3865 (fn_abi_va_list,
3866 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3867 @var{fndecl}.\n\
3868 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
3869 tree, (tree fndecl),
3870 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3872 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3873 DEFHOOK
3874 (canonical_va_list_type,
3875 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3876 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3877 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
3878 tree, (tree type),
3879 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3881 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3882 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3883 (expand_builtin_va_start,
3884 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3885 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3887 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3888 DEFHOOK
3889 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
3890 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3891 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3892 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3893 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
3894 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3895 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3897 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3898 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3899 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3900 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3901 or an error message if not. */
3902 DEFHOOK
3903 (get_pch_validity,
3904 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3905 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3906 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
3907 void *, (size_t *sz),
3908 default_get_pch_validity)
3910 DEFHOOK
3911 (pch_valid_p,
3912 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3913 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3914 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3915 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3917 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3918 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3919 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3920 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3922 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3923 suitable for most targets.",
3924 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3925 default_pch_valid_p)
3927 DEFHOOK
3928 (prepare_pch_save,
3929 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3930 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3931 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3932 to do anything here.",
3933 void, (void),
3934 hook_void_void)
3936 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3937 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3938 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3939 DEFHOOK
3940 (check_pch_target_flags,
3941 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3942 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3943 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3944 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3945 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
3946 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3948 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3949 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3950 that type. */
3951 DEFHOOK
3952 (default_short_enums,
3953 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3954 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3955 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3956 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3958 The default is to return false.",
3959 bool, (void),
3960 hook_bool_void_false)
3962 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3963 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3964 DEFHOOK
3965 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
3966 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3967 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3968 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3969 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3970 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
3971 rtx, (void),
3972 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3974 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3975 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3976 DEFHOOK
3977 (md_asm_adjust,
3978 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3979 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3980 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3981 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3983 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3984 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3985 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3986 rtx_insn *,
3987 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3988 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3989 NULL)
3991 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3992 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3993 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3994 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3995 the function is being declared as an int. */
3996 DEFHOOK
3997 (dwarf_calling_convention,
3998 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3999 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4000 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4001 int, (const_tree function),
4002 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4004 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4005 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4006 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4007 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4009 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4010 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4011 DEFHOOK
4012 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4013 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4014 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4015 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4016 @smallexample\n\
4017 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4018 @end smallexample\n\
4019 and\n\
4020 @smallexample\n\
4021 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4022 @end smallexample\n\
4023 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4024 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4025 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4026 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4028 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4029 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4030 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4031 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4032 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4033 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4034 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4036 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4037 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4038 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4039 DEFHOOK
4040 (stack_protect_guard,
4041 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4042 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4043 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4044 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4045 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4047 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4048 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4049 tree, (void),
4050 default_stack_protect_guard)
4052 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4053 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4054 DEFHOOK
4055 (stack_protect_fail,
4056 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4057 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4058 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4060 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4061 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4062 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4063 tree, (void),
4064 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4066 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4067 protector runtime support. */
4068 DEFHOOK
4069 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4070 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4071 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4072 bool, (void),
4073 hook_bool_void_true)
4075 DEFHOOK
4076 (can_use_doloop_p,
4077 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4078 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4079 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4080 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4081 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4082 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4083 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4085 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4086 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4087 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4088 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4089 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4090 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4092 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4093 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4094 DEFHOOK
4095 (invalid_within_doloop,
4096 "\n\
4097 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4098 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4099 could not be applied.\n\
4101 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4102 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4103 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4104 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4105 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4106 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4107 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4109 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4110 DEFHOOK
4111 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4112 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4113 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4114 default is to accept all instructions.",
4115 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4116 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4118 DEFHOOK
4119 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4120 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4121 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4122 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4123 bool, (const_tree decl),
4124 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4126 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4127 value. */
4128 DEFHOOKPOD
4129 (const_anchor,
4130 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4131 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4132 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4133 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4134 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4135 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4136 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4137 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4138 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4139 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4140 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4141 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4142 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4143 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4144 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4145 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4147 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4148 DEFHOOK
4149 (memmodel_check,
4150 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4151 memory model bits are allowed.",
4152 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4154 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4155 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4156 supported by the target. */
4157 DEFHOOK
4158 (asan_shadow_offset,
4159 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4160 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4161 supported by the target.",
4162 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4163 NULL)
4165 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4166 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4167 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4169 DEFHOOK
4170 (promote_function_mode,
4171 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4172 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4173 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4174 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4175 pointer} types.\n\
4177 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4178 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4179 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4180 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4181 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4182 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4183 the signedness may be different.\n\
4185 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4187 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4188 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4189 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4190 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4191 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4192 default_promote_function_mode)
4194 DEFHOOK
4195 (promote_prototypes,
4196 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4197 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4198 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4199 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4200 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4201 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4202 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4204 DEFHOOK
4205 (struct_value_rtx,
4206 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4207 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4208 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4209 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4210 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4211 argument.\n\
4213 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4214 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4215 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4216 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4217 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4218 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4219 the caller.\n\
4221 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4222 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4223 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4224 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4225 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4226 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4227 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4229 DEFHOOKPOD
4230 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4231 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4232 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4233 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4234 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4235 undesirable on your target.",
4236 bool, false)
4238 DEFHOOK
4239 (return_in_memory,
4240 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4241 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4242 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4243 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4244 libcalls.\n\
4246 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4247 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4248 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4249 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4250 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4251 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4253 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4254 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4255 to indicate this.",
4256 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4257 default_return_in_memory)
4259 DEFHOOK
4260 (return_in_msb,
4261 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4262 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4263 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4264 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4266 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4267 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4268 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4269 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4270 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4271 bool, (const_tree type),
4272 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4274 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4275 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4276 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4277 DEFHOOK
4278 (pass_by_reference,
4279 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4280 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4281 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4282 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4284 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4285 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4286 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4287 to that type.",
4288 bool,
4289 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4290 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4292 DEFHOOK
4293 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4294 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4295 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4296 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4297 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4298 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4299 rtx, (void),
4300 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4302 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4303 DEFHOOK
4304 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4305 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4306 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4307 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4308 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4309 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4310 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4311 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4313 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4314 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4315 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4316 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4318 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4319 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4320 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4321 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4322 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4323 frame.\n\
4325 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4326 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4327 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4328 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4329 for all data types.\n\
4331 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4332 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4333 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4334 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4335 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4336 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4337 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4338 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4340 DEFHOOK
4341 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4342 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4343 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4344 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4345 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4346 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4347 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4348 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4349 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4350 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4352 DEFHOOK
4353 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4354 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4355 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4356 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4357 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4358 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4359 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4360 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4361 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4362 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4364 DEFHOOK
4365 (load_returned_bounds,
4366 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4367 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4368 loaded bounds.",
4369 rtx, (rtx slot),
4370 default_load_returned_bounds)
4372 DEFHOOK
4373 (store_returned_bounds,
4374 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4375 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4376 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4377 default_store_returned_bounds)
4379 DEFHOOK
4380 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4381 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4382 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4383 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4384 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4385 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4386 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4388 DEFHOOK
4389 (call_args,
4390 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4391 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4392 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4393 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4394 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4395 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4396 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4397 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4398 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4399 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4400 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4401 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4402 void, (rtx, tree),
4403 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4405 DEFHOOK
4406 (end_call_args,
4407 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4408 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4409 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4410 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4411 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4412 void, (void),
4413 hook_void_void)
4415 DEFHOOK
4416 (strict_argument_naming,
4417 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4418 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4420 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4421 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4422 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4423 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4424 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4425 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4426 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4428 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4429 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4430 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4432 /* Returns true if we should use
4433 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4434 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4435 DEFHOOK
4436 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4437 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4438 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4439 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4440 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4441 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4442 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4443 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4444 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4446 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4447 should be passed as two scalars. */
4448 DEFHOOK
4449 (split_complex_arg,
4450 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4451 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4452 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4453 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4454 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4455 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4456 point register.\n\
4458 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4459 false.",
4460 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4462 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4463 but must be passed on the stack. */
4464 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4465 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4466 DEFHOOK
4467 (must_pass_in_stack,
4468 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4469 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4470 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4471 documentation.",
4472 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4473 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4475 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4476 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4477 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4478 DEFHOOK
4479 (callee_copies,
4480 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4481 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4482 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4483 by the caller.\n\
4485 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4486 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4487 not be generated.\n\
4489 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4490 bool,
4491 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4492 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4494 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4495 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4496 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4497 DEFHOOK
4498 (arg_partial_bytes,
4499 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4500 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4501 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4502 pushed on the stack.\n\
4504 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4505 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4506 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4507 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4508 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4509 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4510 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4512 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4513 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4514 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4515 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4516 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4518 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4519 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4520 argument. */
4521 DEFHOOK
4522 (function_arg_advance,
4523 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4524 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4525 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4526 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4527 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4529 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4530 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4531 used for arguments without any special help.",
4532 void,
4533 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4534 default_function_arg_advance)
4536 DEFHOOK
4537 (function_arg_padding,
4538 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4539 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4540 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4541 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4543 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4544 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4545 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4547 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4548 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4549 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4550 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4551 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4552 default_function_arg_padding)
4554 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4555 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4556 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4557 argument. */
4558 DEFHOOK
4559 (function_arg,
4560 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4561 register and if so, which register.\n\
4563 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4564 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4565 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4566 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4567 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4568 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4569 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4570 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4572 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4573 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4574 on the stack.\n\
4576 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4577 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4578 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4579 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4580 for more information.\n\
4582 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4583 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4584 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4585 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4586 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4587 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4588 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4589 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4590 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4591 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4592 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4593 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4594 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4596 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4597 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4598 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4600 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4601 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4602 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4603 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4604 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4605 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4607 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4608 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4609 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4610 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4611 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4612 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4613 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4614 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4615 a register.",
4616 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4617 bool named),
4618 default_function_arg)
4620 DEFHOOK
4621 (function_incoming_arg,
4622 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4623 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4624 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4625 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4627 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4628 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4629 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4630 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4631 arrive.\n\
4633 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4634 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4635 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4637 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4638 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4639 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4640 bool named),
4641 default_function_incoming_arg)
4643 DEFHOOK
4644 (function_arg_boundary,
4645 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4646 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4647 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4648 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4649 default_function_arg_boundary)
4651 DEFHOOK
4652 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4653 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4654 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4655 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4656 value.",
4657 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4658 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4660 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4661 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4662 DEFHOOK
4663 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4664 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4665 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4666 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4667 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4668 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4670 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4671 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4672 DEFHOOK
4673 (function_value,
4674 "\n\
4675 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4676 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4677 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4678 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4679 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4680 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4681 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4682 a function returns a value.\n\
4684 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4685 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4686 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4687 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4688 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4689 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4690 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4691 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4692 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4693 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4694 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4695 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4697 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4698 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4699 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4701 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4702 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4703 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4704 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4705 known.\n\
4707 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4708 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4709 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4710 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4712 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4713 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4714 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4715 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4716 default_function_value)
4718 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4719 DEFHOOK
4720 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4721 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4722 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4723 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4724 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4725 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4727 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4728 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4729 DEFHOOK
4730 (libcall_value,
4731 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4732 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4734 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4735 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4736 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4738 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4739 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4740 default_libcall_value)
4742 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4743 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4744 DEFHOOK
4745 (function_value_regno_p,
4746 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4747 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4749 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4750 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4751 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4753 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4754 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4755 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4757 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4758 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4759 default_function_value_regno_p)
4761 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4762 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4763 (internal_arg_pointer,
4764 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4765 current function.",
4766 rtx, (void),
4767 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4769 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4770 DEFHOOK
4771 (update_stack_boundary,
4772 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4773 necessary.",
4774 void, (void), NULL)
4776 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4777 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4778 DEFHOOK
4779 (get_drap_rtx,
4780 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4781 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4782 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4783 is needed.",
4784 rtx, (void), NULL)
4786 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4787 stack. */
4788 DEFHOOK
4789 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4790 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4791 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4792 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4793 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4794 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4795 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4796 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4797 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4798 bool, (void),
4799 hook_bool_void_true)
4801 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4802 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4803 DEFHOOK
4804 (static_chain,
4805 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4806 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4807 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4808 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4809 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4811 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4813 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4814 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4815 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4816 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4817 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4818 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4819 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4820 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4821 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4822 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4823 to refer to those items.",
4824 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
4825 default_static_chain)
4827 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4828 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4829 DEFHOOK
4830 (trampoline_init,
4831 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4832 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4833 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4834 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4835 when it is called.\n\
4837 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4838 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4839 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4840 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4841 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4842 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4844 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4845 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4846 initializing the trampoline proper.",
4847 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4848 default_trampoline_init)
4850 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4851 DEFHOOK
4852 (trampoline_adjust_address,
4853 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4854 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4855 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4856 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4857 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4858 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4859 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
4860 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4862 DEFHOOKPOD
4863 (custom_function_descriptors,
4864 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
4865 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
4866 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
4867 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
4868 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
4869 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
4870 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
4871 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
4872 it to be made executable.\n\
4874 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
4875 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
4876 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
4877 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
4878 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
4879 int, -1)
4881 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4882 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4883 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4884 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
4885 DEFHOOK
4886 (return_pops_args,
4887 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4888 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4889 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4891 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4892 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4893 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4894 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4896 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4897 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4898 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4899 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4900 arguments (if known).\n\
4902 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4903 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4904 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4905 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4906 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4907 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4909 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4910 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4911 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4913 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4914 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4915 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4916 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4917 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4918 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4919 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4920 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4921 number of arguments.",
4922 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4923 default_return_pops_args)
4925 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4926 returned. */
4927 DEFHOOK
4928 (get_raw_result_mode,
4929 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4930 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4931 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
4932 machine_mode, (int regno),
4933 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4935 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4936 passed. */
4937 DEFHOOK
4938 (get_raw_arg_mode,
4939 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4940 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4941 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
4942 machine_mode, (int regno),
4943 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4945 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4947 DEFHOOK
4948 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4949 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4950 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4951 bool, (void),
4952 hook_bool_void_false)
4954 DEFHOOK
4955 (init_pic_reg,
4956 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4957 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4958 void, (void),
4959 hook_void_void)
4961 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4962 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4963 DEFHOOK
4964 (invalid_conversion,
4965 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4966 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4967 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
4968 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4969 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4971 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4972 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4973 DEFHOOK
4974 (invalid_unary_op,
4975 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4976 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4977 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4978 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
4979 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4980 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4982 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4983 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4984 DEFHOOK
4985 (invalid_binary_op,
4986 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4987 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4988 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4989 the front end.",
4990 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4991 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4993 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4994 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4995 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4996 DEFHOOK
4997 (promoted_type,
4998 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4999 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5000 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5001 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5002 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5003 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5004 tree, (const_tree type),
5005 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5007 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5008 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5009 the standard conversion rules. */
5010 DEFHOOK
5011 (convert_to_type,
5012 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5013 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5014 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5015 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5016 conversion rules.\n\
5017 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5018 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5019 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5021 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5022 DEFHOOK
5023 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5024 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5025 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5027 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5028 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5029 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5031 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5032 DEFHOOK
5033 (lra_p,
5034 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5036 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5037 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5038 bool, (void),
5039 default_lra_p)
5041 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5042 DEFHOOK
5043 (register_priority,
5044 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5045 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5046 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5047 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5048 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5049 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5050 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5051 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5053 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5054 int, (int),
5055 default_register_priority)
5057 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5058 DEFHOOK
5059 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5060 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5061 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5062 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5063 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5064 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5065 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5066 optimizations.\
5068 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5069 bool, (void),
5070 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5072 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5073 DEFHOOK
5074 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5075 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5076 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5077 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5078 the insn.\
5080 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5081 bool, (void),
5082 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5084 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5085 instead of memory. */
5086 DEFHOOK
5087 (spill_class,
5088 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5089 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5090 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5091 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5092 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5093 NULL)
5095 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5096 DEFHOOK
5097 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5098 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5099 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5100 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5101 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5102 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5103 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5104 bool, (reg_class_t),
5105 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5107 DEFHOOK
5108 (cstore_mode,
5109 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5110 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5111 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5112 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5113 patterns.",
5114 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5115 default_cstore_mode)
5117 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5118 classes to use. */
5119 DEFHOOK
5120 (compute_pressure_classes,
5121 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5122 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5123 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5124 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5125 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5127 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5128 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5129 DEFHOOK
5130 (member_type_forces_blk,
5131 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5132 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5134 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5135 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5136 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5137 retain the field's mode.\n\
5139 Normally, this is not needed.",
5140 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5141 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5143 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5144 that gate the divod transform. */
5145 DEFHOOK
5146 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5147 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5148 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5149 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5150 NULL)
5152 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5153 DEFHOOK
5154 (secondary_reload,
5155 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5156 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5157 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5158 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5159 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5160 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5161 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5162 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5163 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5164 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5165 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5166 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5168 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5169 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5170 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5171 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5172 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5173 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5174 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5175 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5176 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5177 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5179 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5181 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5182 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5183 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5184 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5185 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5187 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5188 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5189 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5190 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5191 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5192 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5194 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5195 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5196 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5197 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5198 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5200 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5201 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5202 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5203 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5204 single-register-class\n\
5205 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5206 output constraint.\n\
5208 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5209 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5210 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5211 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5213 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5214 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5215 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5216 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5217 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5218 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5219 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5220 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5223 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5224 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5225 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5226 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5228 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5229 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5230 to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5232 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5233 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5234 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5235 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5236 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5237 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5238 reg_class_t,
5239 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5240 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5241 default_secondary_reload)
5243 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5244 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5245 DEFHOOK
5246 (preferred_reload_class,
5247 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5248 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5249 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5250 another, smaller class.\n\
5252 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5254 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5255 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5256 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5257 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5258 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5260 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5261 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5262 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5263 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5264 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5265 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5266 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5267 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5268 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5269 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5270 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5272 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5273 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5274 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5275 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5276 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5277 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5278 reg_class_t,
5279 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5280 default_preferred_reload_class)
5282 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5283 input reloads. */
5284 DEFHOOK
5285 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5286 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5287 input reloads.\n\
5289 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5290 argument.\n\
5292 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5293 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5294 reg_class_t,
5295 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5296 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5298 DEFHOOK
5299 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5300 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5301 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5302 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5304 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5305 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5306 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5307 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5308 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5310 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5311 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5312 pressure.",
5313 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5314 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5316 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5317 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5318 DEFHOOK
5319 (class_max_nregs,
5320 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5321 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5323 This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5324 the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5325 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5326 @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5327 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5329 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5330 in the reload pass.\n\
5332 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5333 in words.",
5334 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5335 default_class_max_nregs)
5337 DEFHOOK
5338 (preferred_rename_class,
5339 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5340 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5341 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5342 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5343 is not implemented.\
5344 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5345 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5346 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5347 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5348 be reduced.",
5349 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5350 default_preferred_rename_class)
5352 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5353 during register allocation. */
5354 DEFHOOK
5355 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5356 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5357 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5358 register allocation.\n\
5359 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5360 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5361 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5362 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5363 bool, (rtx subst),
5364 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5366 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5367 displacement addressing. */
5368 DEFHOOK
5369 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5370 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5371 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5372 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5373 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5374 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5375 addressing.",
5376 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5377 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5379 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5380 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5381 DEFHOOK
5382 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5383 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5384 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5385 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5386 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5387 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5388 usage.",
5389 void, (void),
5390 hook_void_void)
5392 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5393 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5394 but will be later. */
5395 DEFHOOK
5396 (instantiate_decls,
5397 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5398 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5399 void, (void),
5400 hook_void_void)
5402 DEFHOOK
5403 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5404 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5405 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5406 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5407 unconditionally.\n\
5409 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5410 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5412 @cindex register pairs\n\
5413 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5414 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5415 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5417 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5418 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5419 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5420 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5422 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5423 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5424 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5425 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5426 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5427 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5428 modes to be tieable.\n\
5430 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5431 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5432 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5433 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5434 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5435 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5437 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5438 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5439 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5440 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5441 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5442 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5443 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5444 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5445 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5447 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5448 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5449 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5450 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5451 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5453 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5454 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5455 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5456 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5457 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5458 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5459 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5461 DEFHOOK
5462 (modes_tieable_p,
5463 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5464 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5466 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5467 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5468 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5469 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5470 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5471 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5472 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5474 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5475 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5476 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5477 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5478 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5480 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5481 in peephole2. */
5482 DEFHOOK
5483 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5484 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5485 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5487 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5488 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5490 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5491 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5492 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5494 DEFHOOK
5495 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5496 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5497 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5498 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5499 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5500 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5502 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5503 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5504 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5505 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5507 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5508 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5509 DEFHOOK
5510 (case_values_threshold,
5511 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5512 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5513 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5514 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5515 unsigned int, (void),
5516 default_case_values_threshold)
5518 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5519 DEFHOOK
5520 (compute_frame_layout,
5521 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5522 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5523 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5524 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5525 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5526 this callback is optional.",
5527 void, (void),
5528 hook_void_void)
5530 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5531 DEFHOOK
5532 (frame_pointer_required,
5533 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5534 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5535 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5537 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5538 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5539 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5540 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5541 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5542 pointer.\n\
5544 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5545 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5546 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5547 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5548 them.\n\
5550 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5551 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5552 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5554 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5555 bool, (void),
5556 hook_bool_void_false)
5558 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5559 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5560 DEFHOOK
5561 (can_eliminate,
5562 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5563 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5564 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5565 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5566 knows about.\n\
5568 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5569 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5570 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5572 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5573 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5574 target. */
5575 DEFHOOK
5576 (conditional_register_usage,
5577 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5578 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5579 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5580 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5581 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5582 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5583 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5584 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5585 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5586 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5587 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5588 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5589 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5590 command options have been applied.\n\
5592 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5593 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5594 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5595 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5596 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5597 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5598 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5599 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5601 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5602 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5603 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5604 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5605 void, (void),
5606 hook_void_void)
5608 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5609 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5610 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5611 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5613 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5614 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5615 (mode_for_suffix,
5616 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5617 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5618 machine_mode, (char c),
5619 default_mode_for_suffix)
5621 DEFHOOK
5622 (excess_precision,
5623 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5624 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5625 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5626 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5627 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5628 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5629 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5630 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5631 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5632 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5633 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5634 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5635 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5636 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5637 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5638 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5639 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5640 default_excess_precision)
5642 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5644 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5645 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5646 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5647 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5649 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5650 DEFHOOK
5651 (guard_type,
5652 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5653 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5654 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5655 tree, (void),
5656 default_cxx_guard_type)
5658 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5659 DEFHOOK
5660 (guard_mask_bit,
5661 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5662 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5663 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5664 bool, (void),
5665 hook_bool_void_false)
5667 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5668 DEFHOOK
5669 (get_cookie_size,
5670 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5671 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5672 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5673 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5674 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5675 tree, (tree type),
5676 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5678 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5679 DEFHOOK
5680 (cookie_has_size,
5681 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5682 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5683 bool, (void),
5684 hook_bool_void_false)
5686 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5687 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5688 DEFHOOK
5689 (import_export_class,
5690 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5691 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5692 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5693 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5694 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5695 backend's targeted operating system.",
5696 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5698 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5699 DEFHOOK
5700 (cdtor_returns_this,
5701 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5702 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5703 @code{false}.",
5704 bool, (void),
5705 hook_bool_void_false)
5707 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5708 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5709 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5710 DEFHOOK
5711 (key_method_may_be_inline,
5712 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5713 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5714 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5715 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5716 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5717 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5718 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
5719 bool, (void),
5720 hook_bool_void_true)
5722 DEFHOOK
5723 (determine_class_data_visibility,
5724 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5725 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5726 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5727 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5728 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5729 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5730 void, (tree decl),
5731 hook_void_tree)
5733 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5734 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5735 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5736 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5737 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5738 DEFHOOK
5739 (class_data_always_comdat,
5740 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5741 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5742 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5743 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5744 unit will not be COMDAT.",
5745 bool, (void),
5746 hook_bool_void_true)
5748 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5749 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5750 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5751 DEFHOOK
5752 (library_rtti_comdat,
5753 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5754 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5755 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
5756 bool, (void),
5757 hook_bool_void_true)
5759 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5760 destructors. */
5761 DEFHOOK
5762 (use_aeabi_atexit,
5763 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5764 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5765 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
5766 bool, (void),
5767 hook_bool_void_false)
5769 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5770 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5771 DEFHOOK
5772 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
5773 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5774 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5775 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5776 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5777 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
5778 bool, (void),
5779 hook_bool_void_false)
5781 DEFHOOK
5782 (adjust_class_at_definition,
5783 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5784 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5785 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5786 void, (tree type),
5787 hook_void_tree)
5789 DEFHOOK
5790 (decl_mangling_context,
5791 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5792 tree, (const_tree decl),
5793 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5795 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5797 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5798 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5799 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5800 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5802 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
5803 DEFHOOKPOD
5804 (get_address,
5805 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5806 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5807 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
5808 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5810 DEFHOOKPOD
5811 (register_common,
5812 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5813 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5814 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5815 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5816 registration function to be used.",
5817 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5819 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5820 DEFHOOKPOD
5821 (var_section,
5822 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5823 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5824 any section.",
5825 const char *, NULL)
5827 DEFHOOKPOD
5828 (tmpl_section,
5829 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5830 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5831 section.",
5832 const char *, NULL)
5834 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5835 DEFHOOKPOD
5836 (var_prefix,
5837 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5838 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
5839 const char *, NULL)
5841 DEFHOOKPOD
5842 (tmpl_prefix,
5843 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5844 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
5845 const char *, NULL)
5847 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5848 DEFHOOK
5849 (var_fields,
5850 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5851 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5852 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5853 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5854 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
5855 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5856 default_emutls_var_fields)
5858 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5859 DEFHOOK
5860 (var_init,
5861 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5862 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5863 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5864 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
5865 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5866 default_emutls_var_init)
5868 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5869 proxy variable. */
5870 DEFHOOKPOD
5871 (var_align_fixed,
5872 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5873 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5874 single objects. The default is false.",
5875 bool, false)
5877 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5878 DEFHOOKPOD
5879 (debug_form_tls_address,
5880 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5881 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
5882 bool, false)
5884 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5886 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5887 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5888 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5890 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5891 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5892 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
5893 DEFHOOK
5894 (valid_attribute_p,
5895 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5896 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5897 These function-specific options may differ\n\
5898 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5899 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5901 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5902 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5903 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
5904 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5905 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5907 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5908 DEFHOOK
5909 (save,
5910 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5911 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
5912 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
5913 @xref{Option file format}.",
5914 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
5916 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5917 structure. */
5918 DEFHOOK
5919 (restore,
5920 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5921 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5922 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5923 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5925 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5926 streamed in. */
5927 DEFHOOK
5928 (post_stream_in,
5929 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5930 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5931 LTO bytecode.",
5932 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5934 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5935 structure. */
5936 DEFHOOK
5937 (print,
5938 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5939 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5940 function-specific options.",
5941 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5943 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
5944 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5945 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5946 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
5947 DEFHOOK
5948 (pragma_parse,
5949 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5950 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5951 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5952 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
5953 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5954 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5956 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
5957 DEFHOOK
5958 (override,
5959 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5960 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5961 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5962 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5964 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5965 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5967 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5968 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5969 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
5970 void, (void),
5971 hook_void_void)
5973 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5974 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5975 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5976 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5977 DEFHOOK
5978 (function_versions,
5979 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5980 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5981 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5982 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5983 different target machines.",
5984 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5985 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5987 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5988 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5989 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5990 DEFHOOK
5991 (can_inline_p,
5992 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5993 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5994 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5995 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
5996 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5997 default_target_can_inline_p)
5999 DEFHOOK
6000 (relayout_function,
6001 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6002 void, (tree fndecl),
6003 hook_void_tree)
6005 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6007 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6008 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6009 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6010 DEFHOOK
6011 (extra_live_on_entry,
6012 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6013 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6014 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6015 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6016 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6017 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6018 void, (bitmap regs),
6019 hook_void_bitmap)
6021 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6022 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6023 definition. */
6024 DEFHOOKPOD
6025 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6026 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6027 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6028 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6029 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6030 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6031 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6032 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6033 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6034 bool,
6035 false)
6037 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6038 DEFHOOK
6039 (set_up_by_prologue,
6040 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6041 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6042 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6043 NULL)
6045 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6046 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6047 function attribute. */
6048 DEFHOOK
6049 (warn_func_return,
6050 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6051 bool, (tree),
6052 hook_bool_tree_true)
6054 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6055 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6056 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6058 DEFHOOK
6059 (get_separate_components,
6060 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6061 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6062 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6063 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6064 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6065 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6066 sbitmap, (void),
6067 NULL)
6069 DEFHOOK
6070 (components_for_bb,
6071 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6072 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6073 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6074 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6075 NULL)
6077 DEFHOOK
6078 (disqualify_components,
6079 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6080 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6081 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6082 epilogue instead.",
6083 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6084 NULL)
6086 DEFHOOK
6087 (emit_prologue_components,
6088 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6089 void, (sbitmap),
6090 NULL)
6092 DEFHOOK
6093 (emit_epilogue_components,
6094 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6095 void, (sbitmap),
6096 NULL)
6098 DEFHOOK
6099 (set_handled_components,
6100 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6101 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6102 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6103 will be deleted after this call.",
6104 void, (sbitmap),
6105 NULL)
6107 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6108 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6109 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6111 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6112 DEFHOOK
6113 (debug_unwind_info,
6114 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6115 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6116 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6117 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6119 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6120 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6122 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6123 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6124 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6125 default_debug_unwind_info)
6127 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6128 defined at this time. */
6129 DEFHOOK
6130 (canonicalize_comparison,
6131 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6132 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6133 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6134 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6136 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6137 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6138 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6139 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6140 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6141 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6142 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6144 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6145 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6146 @file{md} file.\n\
6148 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6149 comparison code or operands.",
6150 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6151 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6153 DEFHOOK
6154 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6155 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6156 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6157 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6159 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6160 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6161 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6163 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6164 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6165 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6167 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6168 defined to 1.",
6169 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6171 DEFHOOKPOD
6172 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6173 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6174 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6175 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6176 unsigned char, 1)
6178 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6179 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6180 as needed. */
6181 DEFHOOK
6182 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6183 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6184 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6185 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6186 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6187 hook_uint_mode_0)
6189 DEFHOOK
6190 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6191 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6192 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6193 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6194 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6195 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6196 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6197 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6198 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6199 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6200 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6201 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6202 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6203 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6204 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6205 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6206 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6207 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6209 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6211 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6212 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6213 DEFHOOKPOD
6214 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6215 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6216 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6217 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6218 bool, false)
6220 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6221 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6222 DEFHOOKPOD
6223 (have_ctors_dtors,
6224 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6225 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6226 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6227 bool, false)
6229 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6230 DEFHOOKPOD
6231 (have_tls,
6232 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6233 The default value is false.",
6234 bool, false)
6236 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6237 DEFHOOKPOD
6238 (have_srodata_section,
6239 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6240 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6241 bool, false)
6243 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6244 DEFHOOKPOD
6245 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6246 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6247 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6248 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6249 true otherwise.",
6250 bool, true)
6252 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6253 DEFHOOKPOD
6254 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6255 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6256 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6257 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6258 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6259 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6260 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6261 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6263 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6264 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6265 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6266 bool, false)
6268 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6269 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6270 DEFHOOKPOD
6271 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6272 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6273 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6274 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6275 this to be done. The default is false.",
6276 bool, false)
6278 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6279 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6280 DEFHOOKPOD
6281 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6282 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6283 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6284 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6285 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6286 bool, false)
6288 DEFHOOKPOD
6289 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6290 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6291 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6292 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6293 bool, false)
6295 DEFHOOKPOD
6296 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6297 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6298 bool, false)
6300 DEFHOOKPOD
6301 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6302 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6303 bool, false)
6305 DEFHOOKPOD
6306 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6307 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6308 targets.",
6309 bool, false)
6311 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6313 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6314 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6315 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6316 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6318 DEFHOOK
6319 (emit,
6320 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6321 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6323 DEFHOOK
6324 (needed,
6325 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6326 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6328 DEFHOOK
6329 (after,
6330 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6331 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6333 DEFHOOK
6334 (entry,
6335 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6336 int, (int entity), NULL)
6338 DEFHOOK
6339 (exit,
6340 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6341 int, (int entity), NULL)
6343 DEFHOOK
6344 (priority,
6345 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6346 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6348 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6350 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6351 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6353 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6354 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6355 #include "target-insns.def"
6356 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6358 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6359 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6360 #include "target-insns.def"
6361 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6363 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6364 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6365 #include "target-insns.def"
6366 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6368 DEFHOOK
6369 (run_target_selftests,
6370 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6371 void, (void),
6372 NULL)
6374 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6375 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)